blob: 265f44c999a919e740da840c216828cbfa1a98e5 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +000015#include "SemaInit.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000016#include "Lookup.h"
Ted Kremenek918fe842010-03-20 21:06:02 +000017#include "AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000018#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000026#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
27#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000030#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000031#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000032using namespace clang;
33
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000034
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000035/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
36/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
37///
38/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
39/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
40/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
41/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
42/// function is being used.
43///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000044/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
45/// decls.
46///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000047/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
48/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000049///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000050bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000051 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000052 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000053 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000054 }
55
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000056 // See if the decl is unavailable
57 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
58 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
59 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
60 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +000061
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000063 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000064 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
65 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
66 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
67 return true;
68 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000069 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000070
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000071 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000072}
73
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000075/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000076/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
77///
78void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000080 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000081 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000082 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000083 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
84 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000085
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000086 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
87 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000088 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000089 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
90 int isMethod = 0;
91 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
92 // skip over named parameters.
93 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
94 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
95 if (nullPos)
96 --nullPos;
97 else
98 ++i;
99 }
100 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
101 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000102 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103 // skip over named parameters.
104 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
105 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
106 if (nullPos)
107 --nullPos;
108 else
109 ++i;
110 }
111 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000112 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000113 // block or function pointer call.
114 QualType Ty = V->getType();
115 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000116 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000117 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
118 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000119 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
120 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
121 unsigned k;
122 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
123 if (nullPos)
124 --nullPos;
125 else
126 ++i;
127 }
128 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
129 }
130 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
131 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000133 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000134 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000135 return;
136
137 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000139 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000140 return;
141 }
142 int sentinel = i;
143 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
144 --sentinelPos;
145 ++i;
146 }
147 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
148 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000149 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000150 return;
151 }
152 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
153 ++i;
154 ++sentinel;
155 }
156 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000157 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
158 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
159 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
160 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000161 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000162 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000163 }
164 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000165}
166
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000167SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
168 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
169 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
170}
171
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
173// Standard Promotions and Conversions
174//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
175
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000176/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
177void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
178 QualType Ty = E->getType();
179 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
180
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000181 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000182 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000183 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000184 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
185 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
186 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
187 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
188 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
189 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
190 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000191 //
192 // C++ 4.2p1:
193 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
194 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
195 //
196 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
197 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000198 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
199 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000200 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201}
202
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000203void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *&E) {
204 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000205
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000206 QualType Ty = E->getType();
207 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - missing type");
208 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && Ty.hasQualifiers() &&
209 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !Ty->isRecordType()) &&
210 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) {
211 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
212 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
213 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
214 // rvalue is T
215 //
216 // C99 6.3.2.1p2:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000217 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
218 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000219 // type of the lvalue.
220 ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty.getUnqualifiedType(), CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
221 }
222}
223
224
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000225/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000226/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000227/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
228/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
229/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
230Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
231 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
232 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000233
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000234 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
235 //
236 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
237 // unsigned int may be used:
238 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
239 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
240 // and unsigned int.
241 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
242 //
243 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
244 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
245 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
246 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000247 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
248 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000249 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000250 return Expr;
251 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000252 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000253 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000254 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000255 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000256 }
257
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000258 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000259 return Expr;
260}
261
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000262/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000264/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
265void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
266 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
267 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000270 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000271 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000272 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
273 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000274
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000275 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
276}
277
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000278/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
279/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
280/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
281/// completely illegal.
282bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000283 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000284
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000285 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
286 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
287 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
288 << Expr->getType() << CT))
289 return true;
Douglas Gregor7ca84af2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000290
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000291 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000292 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000293 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
294 << Expr->getType() << CT))
295 return true;
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000296
297 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000298}
299
300
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000301/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
302/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000303/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
305/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
306/// GCC.
307QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
308 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000309 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000310 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000311
312 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000313
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000314 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000315 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000316 QualType lhs =
317 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000318 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000319 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000320
321 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
322 if (lhs == rhs)
323 return lhs;
324
325 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
326 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
327 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
328 return lhs;
329
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000330 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000331 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000332 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
333 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000334 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000335 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
336 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
337
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000338 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000339 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000340 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
341 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342 return destType;
343}
344
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000345//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
346// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
347//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
348
349
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000350/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000351/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
352/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
353/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
354/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000355///
356Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000357Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000358 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
359
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000360 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000361 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000362 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000363
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000364 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000365 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
366 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000367
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000368 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000369 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000370 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000371
372 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
John McCallc33dec32010-03-15 10:54:44 +0000373 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || getLangOptions().ConstStrings )
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000374 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000375
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
377 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
378 // strings.
379 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000380 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000381 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000382
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000383 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000384 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000385 Literal.GetStringLength(),
386 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
387 &StringTokLocs[0],
388 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000389}
390
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000391/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
392/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
393/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
394/// for values inside the block or for globals).
395///
Douglas Gregor4f13beb2010-03-01 20:44:28 +0000396/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockScopeInfo records
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000397/// up-to-date.
398///
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000399static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(Sema &S, BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock,
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000400 ValueDecl *VD) {
401 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
402 // we wanted to.
403 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
404 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000406 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
407 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
408 return false;
409
410 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
411 // snapshot it.
412 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
413 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000414 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
415 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000416
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000417 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
418 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
419
420 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
421 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
422 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
423 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000424 for (unsigned I = S.FunctionScopes.size() - 1; I; --I) {
425 BlockScopeInfo *NextBlock = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[I]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000426
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000427 if (!NextBlock)
428 continue;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000429
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000430 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
431 // having a reference outside it.
432 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
433 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000435 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
436 // a snapshot as well.
437 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
438 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000439
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000440 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000441}
442
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000443
444
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000445/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000446Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallce546572009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000447Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000448 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000449 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
450 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000451 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000452 << D->getDeclName();
453 return ExprError();
454 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000456 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
457 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
458 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
459 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000461 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000463 << D->getIdentifier();
464 return ExprError();
465 }
466 }
467 }
468 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000469
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000470 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000471
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000472 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
473 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
474 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000475 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000476}
477
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000478/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
479/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
480/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000481static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
482 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000483 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000484 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000485
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000486 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
487 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
488 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000489 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000490 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000491 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000492 D != DEnd; ++D) {
493 if (*D == Record) {
494 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
495 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
496 ++D;
497 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000498 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 return *D;
500 }
501 }
502
503 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
504 return 0;
505}
506
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000507/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
508/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
509/// actual member.
510///
511/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
512/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
513/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
514/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
515/// we found.
516///
517/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
518/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
519/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
520VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
521 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000522 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
523 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
524 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
525
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000526 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
528 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
529 do {
530 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000531 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000532 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000533 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000534 else {
535 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
536 break;
537 }
538 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000539 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000540 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000541
542 return BaseObject;
543}
544
545Sema::OwningExprResult
546Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
547 FieldDecl *Field,
548 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
549 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
550 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000551 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000552 AnonFields);
553
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000554 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
555 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
556 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
557 // found via name lookup.
558 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000559 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000560 if (BaseObject) {
561 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
562 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000563 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000564 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000565 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000566 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000567 BaseQuals
568 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000569 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
570 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
571 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
572 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
573 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000574 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000575 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
576 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
577 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000578 BaseQuals
579 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 } else {
581 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
582 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
583 // program our base object expression is "this".
584 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
585 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000586 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 = Context.getTagDeclType(
588 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
589 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000590 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000591 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
592 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
593 // Our base object expression is "this".
Douglas Gregor4b654412009-12-24 20:23:34 +0000594 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +0000595 MD->getThisType(Context),
596 /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000597 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
598 }
599 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000600 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
601 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000602 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000603 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000604 }
605
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000606 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000607 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
608 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000609 }
610
611 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
612 // anonymous struct/union.
613 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000614 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000615 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
616 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
617 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
618 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000619 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
620 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
621
622 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
623 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
624 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
625 ResultQuals.removeConst();
626
627 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
628 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
629
630 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
631 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
632
633 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
634 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
635 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
636
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000637 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +0000638 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, /*FIXME:Qualifier=*/0, *FI, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000639 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000640 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
641 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000642 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000643 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000644 }
645
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000646 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000647}
648
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000649/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
650/// possibly a list of template arguments.
651///
652/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
653/// DecomposeTemplateName.
654///
655/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
656/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
657/// some way.
658static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
659 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
660 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
661 DeclarationName &Name,
662 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
663 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
664 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
665 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
666 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
667
668 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
669 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
670 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
671 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
672 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
673
674 TemplateName TName =
675 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
676
677 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
678 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
679 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
680 } else {
681 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
682 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
683 TemplateArgs = 0;
684 }
685}
686
687/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
688///
689/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
690/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
691/// found template arguments.
692static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
693 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
694 TemplateName TName =
695 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
696
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000697 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
698 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000699 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
700 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
701 I != E; ++I)
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000702 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000703
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000704 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000705}
706
John McCall69f9dbc2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000707/// Determines whether the given record is "fully-formed" at the given
708/// location, i.e. whether a qualified lookup into it is assured of
709/// getting consistent results already.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000710static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
John McCall69f9dbc2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000711 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
712 return false;
713
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000714 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
715 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
716 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
717 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
718 if (!BaseRT) return false;
719
720 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall69f9dbc2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000721 if (!BaseRecord->hasDefinition() ||
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000722 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
723 return false;
724 }
725
726 return true;
727}
728
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000729/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
730/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
731static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000732 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000733
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000734 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
735 if (!DC) return true;
736
737 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
738 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
739
740 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
741 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
742
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000743 return false;
744}
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000745
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000746/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
747/// the prospective base classes.
748static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
749 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
750 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000751 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000752 return false;
753
Douglas Gregor0a5a2212010-02-11 01:04:33 +0000754 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition();
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000755 if (!RD) return false;
756 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
757
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000758 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
759 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
760 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
761 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
762 if (!BaseRT) return false;
763
764 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000765 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
766 return false;
767 }
768
769 return true;
770}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000771
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000772enum IMAKind {
773 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
774 IMA_Static,
775
776 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
777 IMA_Mixed,
778
779 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
780 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
781 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
782
783 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
784 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
785 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
786
787 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
788 IMA_Instance,
789
790 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
791 IMA_Unresolved,
792
793 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
794 /// context is not an instance method.
795 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
796
797 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
798 /// non-class context.
799 IMA_AnonymousMember,
800
801 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
802 /// context is not an instance method.
803 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
804
805 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
806 /// class.
807 IMA_Error_Unrelated
808};
809
810/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
811/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
812/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
813/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
814/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
815/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
816static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
817 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000818 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000819
820 bool isStaticContext =
821 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
822 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
823
824 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
825 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
826
827 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
828 bool hasNonInstance = false;
829 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
830 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +0000831 NamedDecl *D = *I;
832 if (D->isCXXInstanceMember()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000833 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
834
835 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
836 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
837 // that's a special case.
838 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
839 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
840 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
841 }
842 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
843 }
844 else
845 hasNonInstance = true;
846 }
847
848 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
849 // member reference.
850 if (Classes.empty())
851 return IMA_Static;
852
853 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
854 // an implicit member reference.
855 if (isStaticContext)
856 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
857
858 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
859 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
860 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
861 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
862 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
863 Classes))
864 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
865
866 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
867}
868
869/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
870static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
871 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
872 const LookupResult &R) {
873 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
874 SourceRange Range(Loc);
875 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
876
877 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
878 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
879 if (MD->isStatic()) {
880 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
881 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
882 << Range << R.getLookupName();
883 return;
884 }
885 }
886
887 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
888 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
889 return;
890 }
891
892 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000893}
894
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000895/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
896///
897/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +0000898bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000899 LookupResult &R) {
900 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
901
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000902 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000903 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000904 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
905 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000906 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000907 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000908 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
909 }
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000910
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000911 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
912 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
913 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
914 // dependent name.
915 for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty()? CurContext : 0;
916 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000917 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
918 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
919
920 if (!R.empty()) {
921 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
922 R.suppressDiagnostics();
923
924 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
925 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
926 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
927 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
928
929 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
930 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
931 // Actually quite difficult!
932 if (isInstance)
933 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +0000934 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000935 else
936 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
937
938 // Do we really want to note all of these?
939 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
940 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
941
942 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
943 return false;
944 }
945 }
946 }
947
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000948 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +0000949 DeclarationName Corrected;
950 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS))) {
951 if (!R.empty()) {
952 if (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin())) {
953 if (SS.isEmpty())
954 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName()
955 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
956 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
957 else
958 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
959 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
960 << SS.getRange()
961 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
962 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
963 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
964 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
965 << ND->getDeclName();
966
967 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
968 return false;
969 }
970
971 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*R.begin())) {
972 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
973 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
974 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
975 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
976 // to recover well anyway.
977 if (SS.isEmpty())
978 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName();
979 else
980 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
981 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
982 << SS.getRange();
983
984 // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
985 return true;
986 }
987 } else {
988 // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it
989 // because we aren't able to recover.
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000990 if (SS.isEmpty())
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +0000991 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << Corrected;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000992 else
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000993 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +0000994 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << Corrected
995 << SS.getRange();
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000996 return true;
997 }
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000998 R.clear();
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000999 }
1000
1001 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1002 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1003 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
1004 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
1005 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
1006 << SS.getRange();
1007 return true;
1008 }
1009
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001010 // Give up, we can't recover.
1011 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1012 return true;
1013}
1014
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001015Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001016 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001017 UnqualifiedId &Id,
1018 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1019 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1020 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
1021 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
1022
1023 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001024 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001025
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001026 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001027
1028 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
1029 DeclarationName Name;
1030 SourceLocation NameLoc;
1031 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001032 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
1033 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001034
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +00001035 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001036
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001037 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1038 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001039 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1040 // (note: handled after lookup)
1041 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
1042 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
1043 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001044 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1045 // names a dependent type.
1046 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
1047 // we need to handle these differently.
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001048 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1049 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) ||
1050 (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001051 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00001052 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001053 TemplateArgs);
1054 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001055
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001056 // Perform the required lookup.
1057 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1058 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001059 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001060 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001061 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian6fada5b2010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001062 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl());
1063 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001064
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001065 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
1066 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
Fariborz Jahanian6fada5b2010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001067 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
1068 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001069 if (E.isInvalid())
1070 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001071
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001072 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
1073 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +00001074 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +00001075 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +00001076
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001077 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1078 return ExprError();
1079
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001080 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
1081 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001082 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001083
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001084 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +00001085 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001086 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1087 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1088 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1089 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1090 }
1091
1092 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1093 // call, diagnose the problem.
1094 if (R.empty()) {
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001095 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001096 return ExprError();
1097
1098 assert(!R.empty() &&
1099 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001100
1101 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1102 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001103 // reference the ivar.
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001104 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1105 R.clear();
1106 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
1107 assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get());
1108 return move(E);
1109 }
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00001110 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001111 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001112
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001113 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1114 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1115
1116 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001117 // Warn about constructs like:
1118 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1119 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001120 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1121 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001122 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Chris Lattnerdf742642010-04-12 06:12:50 +00001123 if ((CheckS->getFlags() & Scope::ElseScope) &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001124 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001125 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001126 << Var->getDeclName()
Chris Lattnerdf742642010-04-12 06:12:50 +00001127 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType() ? 2 :
1128 Var->getType()->isBooleanType() ? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001129 break;
1130 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001131
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001132 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1133 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001134 }
1135 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001136 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001137 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1138 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1139 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1140 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1141 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1142 // type.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001143 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001144 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001145
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001146 QualType T = Func->getType();
1147 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001148 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001149 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001150 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001151 }
1152 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001153
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001154 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1155 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1156 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1157 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1158 // class member access expression.
1159 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1160 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001161 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001162 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001163 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1164 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001165 }
1166
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001167 if (TemplateArgs)
1168 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001169
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001170 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1171}
1172
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001173/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
1174Sema::OwningExprResult
1175Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1176 LookupResult &R,
1177 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1178 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1179 case IMA_Instance:
1180 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1181
1182 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1183 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1184 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1185 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1186
1187 case IMA_Mixed:
1188 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1189 case IMA_Unresolved:
1190 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1191
1192 case IMA_Static:
1193 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1194 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1195 if (TemplateArgs)
1196 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1197 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1198
1199 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1200 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1201 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1202 return ExprError();
1203 }
1204
1205 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1206 return ExprError();
1207}
1208
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001209/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1210/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1211/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1212/// this path.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001213Sema::OwningExprResult
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001214Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001215 DeclarationName Name,
1216 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1217 DeclContext *DC;
1218 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1219 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1220 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1221 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1222
1223 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1224 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1225
1226 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1227 return ExprError();
1228
1229 if (R.empty()) {
1230 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1231 return ExprError();
1232 }
1233
1234 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1235}
1236
1237/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1238/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1239/// additional lookup.
1240///
1241/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1242/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1243///
1244/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1245Sema::OwningExprResult
1246Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
Chris Lattnera36ec422010-04-11 08:28:14 +00001247 IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001248 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001249 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
Chris Lattnera36ec422010-04-11 08:28:14 +00001250
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001251 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1252 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1253 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1254 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1255 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1256
1257 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1258 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1259 // ivar, that's an error.
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001260 bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001261
1262 bool LookForIvars;
1263 if (Lookup.empty())
1264 LookForIvars = true;
1265 else if (IsClassMethod)
1266 LookForIvars = false;
1267 else
1268 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1269 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
Fariborz Jahanian45878032010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001270 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001271 if (LookForIvars) {
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001272 IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001273 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1274 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1275 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1276 if (IsClassMethod)
1277 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1278 << IV->getDeclName());
1279
1280 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1281 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1282 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1283 return ExprError();
1284
1285 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1286 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1287 return ExprError();
1288
1289 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1290 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1291 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1292 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1293
1294 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1295 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1296 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1297 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001298 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001299 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1300 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1301 SelfName, false, false);
1302 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1303 return Owned(new (Context)
1304 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1305 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1306 }
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001307 } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001308 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001309 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001310 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1311 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1312 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1313 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1314 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1315 }
1316 }
1317
Fariborz Jahanian6fada5b2010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001318 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1319 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
1320 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
1321 if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1322 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
1323 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
1324 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
1325 Lookup.getNameLoc());
1326 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
1327 }
1328 }
1329 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001330 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1331 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001332}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001333
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001334/// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
1335///
1336/// Logically this happens in three phases:
1337///
1338/// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
1339/// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
1340/// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
1341/// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
1342///
1343/// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
1344/// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
1345/// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
1346/// the class declaring the member.
1347///
1348/// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
1349/// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
1350/// obey access control.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001351bool
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001352Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From,
1353 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001354 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001355 NamedDecl *Member) {
1356 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
1357 if (!RD)
1358 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001359
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001360 QualType DestRecordType;
1361 QualType DestType;
1362 QualType FromRecordType;
1363 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1364 bool PointerConversions = false;
1365 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
1366 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001367
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001368 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1369 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
1370 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1371 PointerConversions = true;
1372 } else {
1373 DestType = DestRecordType;
1374 FromRecordType = FromType;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001375 }
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001376 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
1377 if (Method->isStatic())
1378 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001379
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001380 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
1381 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001382
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001383 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1384 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1385 PointerConversions = true;
1386 } else {
1387 FromRecordType = FromType;
1388 DestType = DestRecordType;
1389 }
1390 } else {
1391 // No conversion necessary.
1392 return false;
1393 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001394
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001395 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
1396 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001397
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001398 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
1399 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1400 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001401
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001402 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
1403 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
1404
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001405 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001406 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001407 // class name.
1408 //
1409 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
1410 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
1411 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
1412 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
1413 //
1414 // class Base { public: int x; };
1415 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
1416 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
1417 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
1418 //
1419 // void VeryDerived::f() {
1420 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
1421 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
1422 // }
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001423 if (Qualifier) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001424 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
1425 assert(!QType.isNull() && "lookup done with dependent qualifier?");
1426 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
1427
1428 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
1429
1430 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
1431 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
1432 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
1433 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
1434 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
1435 FromLoc, FromRange))
1436 return true;
1437
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001438 if (PointerConversions)
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001439 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
John McCalld9c7c6562010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001440 ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001441 /*isLvalue*/ !PointerConversions);
1442
1443 FromType = QType;
1444 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
1445
1446 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
1447 // we're done.
1448 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1449 return false;
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001450 }
1451 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001452
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001453 bool IgnoreAccess = false;
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001454
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001455 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
1456 // down to the using declaration's type.
1457 //
1458 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
1459 // class ever has member declarations.
1460 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
1461 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
1462 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
1463 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
1464
1465 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
1466 // conversion is non-trivial.
1467 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
1468 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, URecordType));
1469 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
1470 FromLoc, FromRange))
1471 return true;
1472
1473 QualType UType = URecordType;
1474 if (PointerConversions)
1475 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
John McCalld9c7c6562010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001476 ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001477 /*isLvalue*/ !PointerConversions);
1478 FromType = UType;
1479 FromRecordType = URecordType;
1480 }
1481
1482 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
1483 // declaring class to the true declaring class.
1484 IgnoreAccess = true;
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001485 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001486
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001487 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1488 DestRecordType,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001489 FromLoc,
1490 FromRange,
1491 IgnoreAccess))
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001492 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001493
John McCalld9c7c6562010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001494 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
1495 /*isLvalue=*/ !PointerConversions);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001496 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001497}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001498
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001499/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001500static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedman2cfcef62009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001501 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00001502 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1503 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001504 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1505 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1506 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001507 if (SS.isSet()) {
1508 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1509 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001510 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001511
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001512 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001513 Member, FoundDecl, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001514}
1515
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001516/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1517/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1518/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1519/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001520Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001521Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1522 LookupResult &R,
1523 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1524 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001525 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1526
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001527 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001528
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001529 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1530 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001531 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001532 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001533 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001534 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001535 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001536
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001537 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1538 // 'this' expression now.
1539 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1540 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1541 if (IsKnownInstance) {
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +00001542 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
1543 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
1544 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
1545 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisType, /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001546 }
1547
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001548 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1549 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1550 /*IsArrow*/ true,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00001551 SS,
1552 /*FirstQualifierInScope*/ 0,
1553 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001554}
1555
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001556bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001557 const LookupResult &R,
1558 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001559 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1560 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1561 return false;
1562
1563 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001564 if (SS.isSet())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001565 return false;
1566
1567 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001568 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001569 return false;
1570
1571 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1572 // normal lookup:
1573 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1574 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1575
1576 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1577 // -- a declaration of a class member
1578 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1579 // original decl.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001580 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001581 return false;
1582
1583 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1584 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1585 // using-declaration
1586 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1587 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1588 // turn off ADL anyway).
1589 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1590 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1591 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1592 return false;
1593
1594 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1595 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1596 // template
1597 // And also for builtin functions.
1598 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1599 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1600
1601 // But also builtin functions.
1602 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1603 return false;
1604 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1605 return false;
1606 }
1607
1608 return true;
1609}
1610
1611
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001612/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1613/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1614/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1615/// will in fact be used.
1616static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1617 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1618 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1619 return true;
1620 }
1621
1622 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1623 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1624 return true;
1625 }
1626
1627 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1628 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1629 return true;
1630 }
1631
1632 return false;
1633}
1634
1635Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001636Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001637 LookupResult &R,
1638 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCall3a60c872009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001639 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1640 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
Douglas Gregor4b4844f2010-01-29 17:15:43 +00001641 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001642 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001643
1644 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1645 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1646 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001647 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1648 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001649 return ExprError();
1650
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001651 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
1652 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
1653 // we've picked a target.
1654 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1655
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001656 bool Dependent
1657 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001658 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001659 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent, R.getNamingClass(),
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001660 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1661 SS.getRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001662 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1663 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001664 ULE->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001665
1666 return Owned(ULE);
1667}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001668
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001669
1670/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1671Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001672Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001673 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1674 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001675 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1676 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001677
1678 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1679 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001680
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001681 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1682 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1683 // a template argument list.
1684 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1685 << Template << SS.getRange();
1686 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1687 return ExprError();
1688 }
1689
1690 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1691 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1692 if (!VD) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001693 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001694 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCallb48971d2009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001695 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001696 return ExprError();
1697 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001698
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001699 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1700 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1701 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1702 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001703 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001704 return ExprError();
1705
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001706 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1707 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001708 return ExprError();
1709
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001710 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1711 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1712 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1713 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001714 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001715 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1716 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1717 //
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001718 if (getCurBlock() &&
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001719 ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(*this, getCurBlock(), VD)) {
Mike Stump7dafa0d2010-01-05 02:56:35 +00001720 if (VD->getType().getTypePtr()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1721 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
1722 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1723 return ExprError();
1724 }
1725
Fariborz Jahanianfa24e102010-03-16 23:39:51 +00001726 if (VD->getType()->isArrayType()) {
Mike Stump8971a862010-01-05 03:10:36 +00001727 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
1728 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1729 return ExprError();
1730 }
1731
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001732 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001733 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001734 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001735 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001736 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001737 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1738 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001739 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001740
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001741 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001742 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001743 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001744 }
1745 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1746 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001747
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001748 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001749}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001750
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001751Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1752 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001753 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001754
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001755 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001756 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001757 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1758 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1759 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001760 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001761
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001762 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1763 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001764
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001765 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1766 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001767 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001768 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001769 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001770
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001771 QualType ResTy;
1772 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1773 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1774 } else {
Anders Carlsson5bd8d192010-02-11 18:20:28 +00001775 unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001776
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001777 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001778 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001779 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1780 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001781 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001782}
1783
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001784Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001785 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Douglas Gregordc970f02010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001786 bool Invalid = false;
1787 llvm::StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
1788 if (Invalid)
1789 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001790
Benjamin Kramer0a1abd42010-02-27 13:44:12 +00001791 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
1792 PP);
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001793 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001794 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001795
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001796 QualType Ty;
1797 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1798 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
1799 else if (Literal.isWide())
1800 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
Eli Friedmaneb1df702010-02-03 18:21:45 +00001801 else if (Literal.isMultiChar())
1802 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001803 else
1804 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001805
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001806 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1807 Literal.isWide(),
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001808 Ty, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001809}
1810
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001811Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1812 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001813 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1814 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001815 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001816 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001817 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001818 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001819 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001820
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001821 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001822 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1823 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001824 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001825
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001826 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Douglas Gregordc970f02010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001827 bool Invalid = false;
1828 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin, &Invalid);
1829 if (Invalid)
1830 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001831
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001832 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001833 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001834 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001835 return ExprError();
1836
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001837 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001838
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001839 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001840 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001841 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001842 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001843 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001844 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001845 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001846 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001847
1848 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1849
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001850 using llvm::APFloat;
1851 APFloat Val(Format);
1852
1853 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
John McCall122c8312009-12-24 11:09:08 +00001854
1855 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
1856 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
1857 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
1858 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001859 unsigned diagnostic;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001860 llvm::SmallString<20> buffer;
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001861 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
John McCall62abc942010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001862 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001863 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
1864 } else {
John McCall62abc942010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001865 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001866 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
1867 }
1868
1869 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
1870 << Ty
1871 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
1872 }
1873
1874 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001875 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001876
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001877 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001878 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001879 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001880 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001881
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001882 // long long is a C99 feature.
1883 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001884 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001885 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1886
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001887 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001888 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001889
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001890 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1891 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1892 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001893 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1894 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001895 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001896 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001897 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1898 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001899
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001900 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1901 // be an unsigned int.
1902 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1903
1904 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001905 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001906 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1907 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001908 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001909
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001910 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1911 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1912 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1913 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001914 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001915 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001916 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001917 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001918 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001919 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001920
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001921 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001922 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001923 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001924
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001925 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1926 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1927 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1928 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001929 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001930 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001931 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001932 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001933 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001934 }
1935
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001936 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001937 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001938 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001939
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001940 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1941 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1942 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1943 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001944 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001945 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001946 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001947 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001948 }
1949 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001950
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001951 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1952 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001953 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001954 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001955 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001956 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001957 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001958
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001959 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1960 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001961 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001962 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001963 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001964
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001965 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1966 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001967 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001968 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001969
1970 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001971}
1972
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001973Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1974 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001975 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001976 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001977 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001978}
1979
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001980/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001981/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001982bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001983 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1984 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1985 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001986 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1987 return false;
1988
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001989 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1990 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1991 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1992 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1993 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1994 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1995
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001996 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001997 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001998 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001999 if (isSizeof)
2000 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
2001 return false;
2002 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002003
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002004 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002005 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002006 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
2007 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002008 return false;
2009 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002010
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002011 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00002012 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
2013 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002014 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002015
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002016 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00002017 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002018 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00002019 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
2020 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00002021 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002022
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002023 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00002024}
2025
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002026bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2027 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
2028 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002029
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002030 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002031 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
2032 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002033
2034 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
2035 if (E->isTypeDependent())
2036 return false;
2037
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002038 if (E->getBitField()) {
2039 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
2040 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002041 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002042
2043 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
2044 // bit-field.
2045 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00002046 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002047 return false;
2048
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002049 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
2050}
2051
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002052/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002053Action::OwningExprResult
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002054Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002055 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002056 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002057 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002058 return ExprError();
2059
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002060 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002061
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002062 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
2063 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
2064 return ExprError();
2065
2066 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002067 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002068 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2069 R.getEnd()));
2070}
2071
2072/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
2073/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002074Action::OwningExprResult
2075Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002076 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
2077 // Verify that the operand is valid.
2078 bool isInvalid = false;
2079 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
2080 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
2081 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
2082 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002083 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002084 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
2085 isInvalid = true;
2086 } else {
2087 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
2088 }
2089
2090 if (isInvalid)
2091 return ExprError();
2092
2093 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
2094 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
2095 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2096 R.getEnd()));
2097}
2098
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002099/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
2100/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
2101/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002102Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002103Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
2104 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00002105 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002106 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00002107
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002108 if (isType) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002109 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2110 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
2111 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002112 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002113
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002114 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
2115 Action::OwningExprResult Result
2116 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
2117
2118 if (Result.isInvalid())
2119 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
2120
2121 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002122}
2123
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002124QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002125 if (V->isTypeDependent())
2126 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002127
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002128 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002129 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002130 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002131
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002132 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
2133 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2134 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002135
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002136 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002137 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
2138 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002139 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002140}
2141
2142
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002143
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002144Action::OwningExprResult
2145Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2146 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002147 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
2148 switch (Kind) {
2149 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
2150 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
2151 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
2152 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002153
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00002154 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002155}
2156
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002157Action::OwningExprResult
2158Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2159 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002160 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2161 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2162
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002163 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
2164 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002165
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002166 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002167 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
2168 Base.release();
2169 Idx.release();
2170 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
2171 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
2172 }
2173
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002174 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002175 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00002176 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
2177 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
2178 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002179 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002180 }
2181
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002182 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
2183}
2184
2185
2186Action::OwningExprResult
2187Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2188 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
2189 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
2190 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
2191
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002192 // Perform default conversions.
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002193 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
2194 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
2195 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002196
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002197 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002198
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00002199 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002200 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002201 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002202 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002203 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
2204 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002205 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
2206 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2207 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2208 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002209 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002210 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2211 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002212 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002213 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00002214 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002215 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2216 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002217 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002218 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002219 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002220 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2221 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2222 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002223 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002224 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002225 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
2226 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2227 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
2228 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002229 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002230 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002231 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00002232
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002233 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
2234 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002235 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2236 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002237 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002238 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
2239 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
2240 // force the promotion here.
2241 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2242 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002243 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
2244 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002245 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
2246
2247 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2248 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002249 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002250 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2251 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
2252 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2253 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002254 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
2255 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002256 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
2257
2258 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2259 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002260 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00002261 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002262 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
2263 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002264 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00002265 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002266 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
2267 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002268 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
2269 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00002270
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002271 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00002272 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
2273 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00002274 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
2275
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002276 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002277 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
2278 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002279 // incomplete types are not object types.
2280 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
2281 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
2282 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2283 return ExprError();
2284 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002285
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002286 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002287 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002288 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2289 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002290 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002291
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002292 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
2293 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
2294 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2295 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2296 return ExprError();
2297 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002298
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002299 Base.release();
2300 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002301 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002302 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002303}
2304
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002305QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002306CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002307 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002308 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002309 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2310 // see FIXME there.
2311 //
2312 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2313 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002314 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002315
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002316 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002317 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002318
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002319 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002320 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2321 // to be selected.
2322 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002323
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002324 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2325 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002326 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002327
2328 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2329 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002330 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002331 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2332 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002333 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002334 do
2335 compStr++;
2336 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002337 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002338 do
2339 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002340 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002341 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002342
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002343 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002344 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2345 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002346 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2347 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002348 return QualType();
2349 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002350
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002351 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2352 // operates on.
2353 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002354 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002355
2356 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002357 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002358
2359 while (*compStr) {
2360 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2361 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2362 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2363 return QualType();
2364 }
2365 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002366 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002367
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002368 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002369 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002370 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002371 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002372 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanac8183a2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002373 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002374 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002375 if (HexSwizzle)
2376 CompSize--;
2377
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002378 if (CompSize == 1)
2379 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002380
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002381 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002382 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002383 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2384 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2385 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2386 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002387 }
2388 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002389}
2390
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002391static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002392 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002393 const Selector &Sel,
2394 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002395
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002396 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002397 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002398 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002399 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002400
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002401 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2402 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002403 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002404 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002405 return D;
2406 }
2407 return 0;
2408}
2409
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002410static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002411 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002412 const Selector &Sel,
2413 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002414 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2415 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002416 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002417 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002418 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002419 GDecl = PD;
2420 break;
2421 }
2422 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002423 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002424 GDecl = OMD;
2425 break;
2426 }
2427 }
2428 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002429 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002430 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2431 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002432 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002433 if (GDecl)
2434 return GDecl;
2435 }
2436 }
2437 return GDecl;
2438}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002439
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002440Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002441Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2442 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002443 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2444 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2445 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2446 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2447 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2448
2449 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2450 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2451 //
2452 // T* t;
2453 // t.f;
2454 //
2455 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2456 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2457 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2458 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002459 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002460 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2461 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002462 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002463 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002464 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002465 return ExprError();
2466 }
2467 }
2468
Douglas Gregor41f90302010-04-12 20:54:26 +00002469 assert(BaseType->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName() ||
2470 isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002471
2472 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2473 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002474 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002475 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2476 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2477 SS.getRange(),
2478 FirstQualifierInScope,
2479 Name, NameLoc,
2480 TemplateArgs));
2481}
2482
2483/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2484/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2485/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2486static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2487 Expr *BaseExpr,
2488 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002489 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002490 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002491 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2492 // diagnostics.
2493 if (!BaseExpr)
2494 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002495
2496 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2497 // complicated cases here.
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002498 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002499 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002500 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002501}
2502
2503// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2504// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2505// type. The restriction here is:
2506//
2507// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2508// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2509// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2510//
2511// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2512// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2513// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2514// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2515bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2516 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002517 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002518 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002519 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2520 if (!BaseRT) {
2521 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2522 // dependent.
2523 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2524 return false;
2525 }
2526 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002527
2528 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002529 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2530 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002531 if (!BaseExpr && !(*I)->isCXXInstanceMember())
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002532 return false;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002533
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002534 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2535 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2536 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2537 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2538
2539 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2540 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2541
2542 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2543 return false;
2544 }
2545
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002546 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002547 return true;
2548}
2549
2550static bool
2551LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2552 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002553 SourceLocation OpLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002554 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2555 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00002556 SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002557 << BaseRange))
2558 return true;
2559
2560 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2561 if (SS.isSet()) {
2562 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2563 // nested-name-specifier.
2564 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2565
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002566 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2567 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2568 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2569 return true;
2570 }
2571
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002572 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002573
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002574 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2575 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2576 << DC << SS.getRange();
2577 return true;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002578 }
2579 }
2580
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002581 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2582 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002583
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002584 if (!R.empty())
2585 return false;
2586
2587 // We didn't find anything with the given name, so try to correct
2588 // for typos.
2589 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00002590 if (SemaRef.CorrectTypo(R, 0, &SS, DC, false, Sema::CTC_MemberLookup) &&
2591 !R.empty() &&
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002592 (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin()))) {
2593 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2594 << Name << DC << R.getLookupName() << SS.getRange()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002595 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2596 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +00002597 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
2598 SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2599 << ND->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002600 return false;
2601 } else {
2602 R.clear();
2603 }
2604
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002605 return false;
2606}
2607
2608Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002609Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002610 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002611 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002612 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2613 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2614 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2615 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2616
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002617 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2618 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002619 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002620 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2621 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2622 Name, NameLoc,
2623 TemplateArgs);
2624
2625 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002626
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002627 // Implicit member accesses.
2628 if (!Base) {
2629 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2630 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2631 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2632 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2633 OpLoc, SS))
2634 return ExprError();
2635
2636 // Explicit member accesses.
2637 } else {
2638 OwningExprResult Result =
2639 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002640 SS, /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002641
2642 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2643 Owned(Base);
2644 return ExprError();
2645 }
2646
2647 if (Result.get())
2648 return move(Result);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002649 }
2650
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002651 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002652 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2653 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002654}
2655
2656Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002657Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2658 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2659 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002660 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002661 LookupResult &R,
2662 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2663 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002664 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002665 if (IsArrow) {
2666 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2667 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2668 }
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002669 R.setBaseObjectType(BaseType);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002670
2671 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2672 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2673 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2674 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2675
2676 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002677 return ExprError();
2678
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002679 if (R.empty()) {
2680 // Rederive where we looked up.
2681 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2682 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2683 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002684
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002685 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002686 << MemberName << DC
2687 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002688 return ExprError();
2689 }
2690
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002691 // Diagnose lookups that find only declarations from a non-base
2692 // type. This is possible for either qualified lookups (which may
2693 // have been qualified with an unrelated type) or implicit member
2694 // expressions (which were found with unqualified lookup and thus
2695 // may have come from an enclosing scope). Note that it's okay for
2696 // lookup to find declarations from a non-base type as long as those
2697 // aren't the ones picked by overload resolution.
2698 if ((SS.isSet() || !BaseExpr ||
2699 (isa<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr) &&
2700 cast<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr)->isImplicit())) &&
2701 CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002702 return ExprError();
2703
2704 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2705 // result.
2706 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002707 bool Dependent =
John McCall71739032009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002708 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002709 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00002710 OverloadExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002711
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002712 // Suppress any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll do these when we
2713 // pick a member.
2714 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2715
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002716 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2717 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2718 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002719 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2720 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002721 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2722 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2723 TemplateArgs);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002724 MemExpr->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002725
2726 return Owned(MemExpr);
2727 }
2728
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002729 assert(R.isSingleResult());
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002730 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = R.begin().getPair();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002731 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2732
2733 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2734
2735 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2736 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2737 // error cases.
2738 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2739 return ExprError();
2740
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002741 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2742 if (!BaseExpr) {
2743 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002744 if (!MemberDecl->isCXXInstanceMember())
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002745 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2746
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +00002747 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
2748 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
2749 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
2750 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, BaseExprType,/*isImplicit=*/true);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002751 }
2752
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002753 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2754 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2755 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2756 // explicitly qualified.
2757 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2758 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2759 }
2760
2761 // Check the use of this member.
2762 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2763 Owned(BaseExpr);
2764 return ExprError();
2765 }
2766
2767 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2768 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2769 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002770 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2771 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002772 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2773 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2774
2775 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2776 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2777 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2778 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2779 else {
2780 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2781 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2782 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2783
2784 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2785 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2786
2787 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2788 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2789 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2790 }
2791
2792 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002793 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, Qualifier, FoundDecl, FD))
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002794 return ExprError();
2795 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002796 FD, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, MemberType));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002797 }
2798
2799 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2800 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2801 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002802 Var, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002803 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2804 }
2805
2806 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2807 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2808 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002809 MemberFn, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002810 MemberFn->getType()));
2811 }
2812
2813 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2814 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2815 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002816 Enum, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002817 }
2818
2819 Owned(BaseExpr);
2820
2821 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2822 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2823 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2824
2825 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2826 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2827 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2828 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2829 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2830 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2831}
2832
2833/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2834/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2835/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2836/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2837/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2838/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2839/// an ordinary member expression.
2840///
2841/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2842/// fixed for ObjC++.
2843Sema::OwningExprResult
2844Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002845 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002846 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002847 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002848 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002849
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002850 // Perform default conversions.
2851 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002852
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002853 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002854 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2855
2856 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2857 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002858
2859 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002860 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002861 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2862 // call, and continue on.
2863 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2864 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2865 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2866 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2867 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002868 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2869 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002870 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2871 ->isRecordType()))) {
2872 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2873 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2874 << QualType(Fun, 0)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002875 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002876
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002877 OwningExprResult NewBase
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002878 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002879 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2880 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002881 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002882
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002883 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2884 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2885 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2886 }
2887 }
2888 }
2889
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002890 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2891 // use that.
2892 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002893 if (IsArrow) {
2894 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2895 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2896 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2897 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2898 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002899 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2900 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002901 }
2902 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002903 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2904 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2905 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2906 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002907 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002908 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002909 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002910
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002911 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2912 // use that.
2913 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2914 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2915 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2916 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2917 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2918 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2919 }
2920 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002921
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002922 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002923
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002924 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002925 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002926 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2927 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2928 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2929 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2930 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2931 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2932 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2933 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2934 // Check the use of this method.
2935 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2936 return ExprError();
2937 }
2938 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2939 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2940 Selector SetterSel =
2941 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2942 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2943 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2944 if (!Setter) {
2945 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2946 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002947 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002948 }
2949 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2950 if (!Setter)
2951 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002952
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002953 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2954 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002955
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002956 if (Getter || Setter) {
2957 QualType PType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002958
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002959 if (Getter)
2960 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2961 else
2962 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2963 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2964 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002965 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002966 PType,
2967 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2968 }
2969 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2970 << MemberName << BaseType);
2971 }
2972 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002973
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002974 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2975 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2976 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002977 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002978 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002979
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002980 if (IsArrow) {
2981 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002982 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002983 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2984 ;
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002985 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
2986 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
2987 // struct MyRecord foo;
2988 // foo->bar
2989 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
2990 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
2991 // by now.
2992 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2993 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002994 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002995 IsArrow = false;
2996 } else {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002997 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2998 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2999 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00003000 }
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003001 } else {
3002 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
3003 // type *foo;
3004 // foo.bar
3005 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
3006 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
3007 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
3008 // the appropriate pointer type
3009 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
3010 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
3011 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
3012 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
3013 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003014 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003015 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
3016 IsArrow = true;
3017 }
3018 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003019 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003020
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003021 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
3022 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003023 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003024 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
3025 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003026 return ExprError();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003027 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003028 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003029
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003030 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
3031 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003032 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
3033 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003034 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003035 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003036 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003037 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003038 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
3039
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003040 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
3041 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003042 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003043
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003044 if (!IV) {
3045 // Attempt to correct for typos in ivar names.
3046 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3047 LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00003048 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IDecl, false, CTC_MemberLookup) &&
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003049 (IV = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>())) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003050 Diag(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003051 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest)
3052 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName << IV->getDeclName()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003053 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3054 IV->getNameAsString());
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003055 Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003056 << IV->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003057 }
3058 }
3059
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003060 if (IV) {
3061 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
3062 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
3063 // error cases.
3064 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
3065 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003066
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003067 // Check whether we can reference this field.
3068 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
3069 return ExprError();
3070 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
3071 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
3072 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
3073 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
3074 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
3075 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
3076 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
3077 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
3078 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
3079 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
3080 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
3081 // AST for a function decl.
3082 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003083 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003084 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
3085 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
3086 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
3087 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
3088 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
3089 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003090
3091 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
3092 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003093 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003094 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003095 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003096 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
3097 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003098 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003099 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00003100 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003101
3102 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
3103 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003104 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00003105 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003106 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003107 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003108 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00003109 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003110 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003111 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003112 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
3113 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003114 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003115 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003116
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003117 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003118 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003119 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
3120 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3121 // Check the use of this declaration
3122 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3123 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003124
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003125 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
3126 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3127 }
3128 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3129 // Check the use of this method.
3130 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
3131 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003132
Douglas Gregor9a129192010-04-21 00:45:42 +00003133 return Owned(ObjCMessageExpr::Create(Context,
3134 OMD->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
3135 OpLoc, BaseExpr, Sel,
3136 OMD, NULL, 0, MemberLoc));
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003137 }
3138 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003139
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003140 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003141 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003142 }
Chris Lattnera36ec422010-04-11 08:28:14 +00003143
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003144 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
3145 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Chris Lattner2b1ca5f2010-04-11 07:45:24 +00003146 if (!IsArrow)
3147 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
3148 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
Chris Lattner90c58fa2010-04-11 07:51:10 +00003149 return HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(OPT, BaseExpr, MemberName, MemberLoc);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003150
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003151 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003152 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003153 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003154 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003155 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00003156 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003157
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003158 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00003159 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003160 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003161 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
3162 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003163 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003164 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003165 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003166 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003167
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003168 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
3169 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3170
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003171 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003172}
3173
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003174/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
3175/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3176/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3177/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
3178/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
3179///
3180/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
3181/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
3182/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
3183/// only be called
3184/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
3185/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
3186/// aren't properly put in the context chain
3187Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
3188 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3189 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00003190 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003191 UnqualifiedId &Id,
3192 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
3193 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3194 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
3195 return ExprError();
3196
3197 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
3198
3199 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
3200 DeclarationName Name;
3201 SourceLocation NameLoc;
3202 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3203 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
3204 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
3205
3206 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3207
3208 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3209 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3210 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3211
3212 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
3213 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
3214
3215 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3216 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
Douglas Gregor41f90302010-04-12 20:54:26 +00003217 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName() ||
3218 isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003219 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003220 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3221 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3222 Name, NameLoc,
3223 TemplateArgs);
3224 } else {
3225 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
3226 if (TemplateArgs) {
3227 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
3228 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
3229 } else {
3230 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003231 SS, ObjCImpDecl);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003232
3233 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3234 Owned(Base);
3235 return ExprError();
3236 }
3237
3238 if (Result.get()) {
3239 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3240 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3241 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3242 // call now.
3243 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3244 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003245 return DiagnoseDtorReference(NameLoc, move(Result));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003246
3247 return move(Result);
3248 }
3249 }
3250
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003251 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003252 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3253 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003254 }
3255
3256 return move(Result);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003257}
3258
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003259Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3260 FunctionDecl *FD,
3261 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3262 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3263 Diag (CallLoc,
3264 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3265 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003266 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003267 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3268 } else {
3269 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3270 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3271
3272 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor8c702532010-02-05 07:33:43 +00003273 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList
3274 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003275
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003276 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3277 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003278 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003279
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003280 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003281 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003282 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003283
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003284 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3285 InitializedEntity Entity
3286 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3287 InitializationKind Kind
3288 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3289 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3290 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3291
3292 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003293 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003294 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1));
3295 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003296 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003297
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003298 // Build the default argument expression.
Douglas Gregor033f6752009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003299 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003300 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003301 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003302
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003303 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3304 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3305 // be properly destroyed.
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003306 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3307 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
Anders Carlsson714d0962009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003308 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3309 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003310 }
3311
3312 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor033f6752009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003313 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003314}
3315
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003316/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3317/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3318/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3319/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3320/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3321/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003322bool
3323Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003324 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003325 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003326 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3327 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003328 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003329 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3330 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003331 bool Invalid = false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003332
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003333 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3334 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3335 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3336 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3337 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Eric Christopherabf1e182010-04-16 04:48:22 +00003338 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
3339 << NumArgsInProto << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003340 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003341 }
3342
3343 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3344 // them.
3345 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3346 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3347 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3348 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopher2a5aaff2010-04-16 04:56:46 +00003349 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
3350 << NumArgsInProto << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003351 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3352 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3353 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003354 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003355 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003356 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003357 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003358 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003359 VariadicCallType CallType =
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003360 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3361 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3362 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3363 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3364 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003365 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian4fa66ce2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003366 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003367 if (Invalid)
3368 return true;
3369 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3370 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3371 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003372
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003373 return false;
3374}
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003375
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003376bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3377 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3378 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3379 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3380 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3381 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003382 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003383 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3384 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3385 bool Invalid = false;
3386 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3387 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3388 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3389 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003390 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003391 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003392 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003393
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003394 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003395 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3396 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003397
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003398 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3399 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003400 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003401 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003402 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003403
Douglas Gregorbbeb5c32009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003404 // Pass the argument
3405 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3406 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3407 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Douglas Gregor96596c92009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003408
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003409
Douglas Gregorbbeb5c32009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003410 InitializedEntity Entity =
3411 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
3412 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
3413 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3414 SourceLocation(),
3415 Owned(Arg));
3416 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3417 return true;
3418
3419 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003420 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003421 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003422
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003423 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003424 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003425 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3426 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003427
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003428 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003429 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003430 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003431 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003432
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003433 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003434 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003435 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003436 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003437 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003438 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003439 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003440 }
3441 }
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003442 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003443}
3444
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003445/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003446/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3447/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003448Action::OwningExprResult
3449Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3450 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003451 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003452 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003453
3454 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3455 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003456
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003457 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003458 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003459 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003460
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003461 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003462 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3463 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3464 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3465 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3466 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003467 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003468 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3469 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003470
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003471 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3472 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003473
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003474 NumArgs = 0;
3475 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003476
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003477 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3478 RParenLoc));
3479 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003480
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003481 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003482 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003483 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3484 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003485 bool Dependent = false;
3486 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3487 Dependent = true;
3488 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3489 Dependent = true;
3490
3491 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003492 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003493 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3494
3495 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3496 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3497 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3498 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3499
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003500 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3501
3502 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3503 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3504 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3505 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3506 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3507 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3508 // method template.
3509 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3510 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor8f184a32009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003511 (void)MemE;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003512
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003513 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3514 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003515 }
3516
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003517 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003518 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003519 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003520 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003521 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3522 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003523 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003524
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003525 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003526 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003527 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3528 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003529 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003530 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3531 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003532
3533 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3534 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003535 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3536 RParenLoc));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003537
3538 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3539 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003540 TheCall.get(), 0))
3541 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003542
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003543 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003544 RParenLoc))
3545 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003546
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003547 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3548 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003549 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003550 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3551 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003552 }
3553 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003554 }
3555
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003556 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003557 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003558 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003559
Eli Friedmane14b1992009-12-26 03:35:45 +00003560 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003561 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3562 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
Douglas Gregor2fb18b72010-04-14 20:27:54 +00003563 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003564 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003565 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003566
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003567 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3568 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3569 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3570
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003571 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3572}
3573
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003574/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3575/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003576/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3577/// block-pointer type.
3578///
3579/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3580Sema::OwningExprResult
3581Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3582 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3583 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3584 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3585 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3586
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003587 // Promote the function operand.
3588 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3589
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003590 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3591 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003592 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3593 Args, NumArgs,
3594 Context.BoolTy,
3595 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003596
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003597 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3598 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3599 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3600 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003601 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003602 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003603 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3604 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003605 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003606 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003607 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003608 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003609 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003610 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003611 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3612 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3613
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003614 // Check for a valid return type
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003615 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003616 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3617 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003618 return ExprError();
3619
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003620 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003621 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003622
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003623 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003624 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003625 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003626 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003627 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003628 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003629
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003630 if (FDecl) {
3631 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3632 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3633 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003634 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003635 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003636 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003637 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3638 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3639 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3640 }
3641 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003642 }
3643
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003644 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003645 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3646 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3647 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003648 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3649 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003650 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3651 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003652 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003653 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003654 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003655 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003656
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003657 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3658 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003659 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3660 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003661
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003662 // Check for sentinels
3663 if (NDecl)
3664 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003665
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003666 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003667 if (FDecl) {
3668 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3669 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003670
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003671 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003672 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3673 } else if (NDecl) {
3674 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3675 return ExprError();
3676 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003677
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003678 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003679}
3680
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003681Action::OwningExprResult
3682Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3683 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003684 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003685 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003686 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003687
3688 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3689 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
3690 if (!TInfo)
3691 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
3692
3693 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(InitExpr));
3694}
3695
3696Action::OwningExprResult
3697Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3698 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
3699 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003700 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003701
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003702 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003703 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003704 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3705 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003706 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3707 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003708 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003709 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003710 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003711 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003712
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003713 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregor1b303932009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003714 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003715 InitializationKind Kind
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003716 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003717 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003718 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
3719 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3720 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
3721 &literalType);
3722 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003723 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003724 InitExpr.release();
3725 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003726
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003727 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003728 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003729 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003730 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003731 }
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003732
3733 Result.release();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003734
John McCall5d7aa7f2010-01-19 22:33:45 +00003735 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003736 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003737}
3738
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003739Action::OwningExprResult
3740Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003741 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3742 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3743 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003744
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003745 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003746 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003747
Ted Kremenekac034612010-04-13 23:39:13 +00003748 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitList,
3749 NumInit, RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003750 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003751 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003752}
3753
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003754static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3755 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003756 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003757 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3758
3759 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3760 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003761 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3762 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
Fariborz Jahanian2b9fc832009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003763 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003764 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3765 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3766 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003767
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003768 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3769 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3770 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3771 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3772 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3773 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3774 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3775 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003776
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003777 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3778 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3779 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3780 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3781 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3782 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003783
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003784 // FIXME: Assert here.
3785 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3786 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3787}
3788
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003789/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003790bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003791 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003792 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003793 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorb33eed02010-04-16 22:09:46 +00003794 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003795
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00003796 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003797
3798 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3799 // type needs to be scalar.
3800 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3801 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003802 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3803 return false;
3804 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003805
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003806 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003807 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003808 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3809 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003810 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003811 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3812 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003813 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003814 return false;
3815 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003816
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003817 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003818 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003819 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003820 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003821 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003822 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003823 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003824 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003825 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3826 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3827 break;
3828 }
3829 }
3830 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3831 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3832 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003833 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003834 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003835 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003836
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003837 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3838 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3839 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3840 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003841
3842 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003843 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003844 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3845 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003846 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003847 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003848
3849 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003850 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003851
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003852 if (castType->isVectorType())
3853 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3854 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3855 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3856
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003857 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3858 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003859
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003860 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003861 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3862 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3863 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3864 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3865 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3866 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3867 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3868 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3869 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3870 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003871 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003872
3873 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003874 return false;
3875}
3876
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003877bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3878 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003879 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003880
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003881 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003882 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003883 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003884 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003885 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003886 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003887 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003888 } else
3889 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003890 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003891 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003892
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003893 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003894 return false;
3895}
3896
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003897bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003898 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003899 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003900
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003901 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003902
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003903 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3904 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003905 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3906 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3907 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3908 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003909 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003910 return false;
3911 }
3912
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003913 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003914 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3915 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003916 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3917 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3918 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3919 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003920
3921 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3922 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3923 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003924
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003925 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003926 return false;
3927}
3928
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003929Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003930Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003931 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3932 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3933 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003934
John McCall97513962010-01-15 18:39:57 +00003935 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo;
3936 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &castTInfo);
3937 if (!castTInfo)
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003938 castTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(castType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003939
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003940 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003941 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003942 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003943 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),
3944 castTInfo);
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003945
3946 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
3947}
3948
3949Action::OwningExprResult
3950Sema::BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3951 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3952 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.get());
3953
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003954 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3955 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), Ty->getType(), castExpr,
Douglas Gregorb33eed02010-04-16 22:09:46 +00003956 Kind))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003957 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003958
Douglas Gregorb33eed02010-04-16 22:09:46 +00003959 Op.release();
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003960 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(Ty->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
3961 Kind, castExpr, Ty,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003962 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003963}
3964
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003965/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3966/// of comma binary operators.
3967Action::OwningExprResult
3968Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3969 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3970 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3971 if (!E)
3972 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003973
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003974 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003975
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003976 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3977 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3978 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003979
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003980 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3981}
3982
3983Action::OwningExprResult
3984Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3985 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003986 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003987 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003988 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003989
3990 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003991 // then handle it as such.
3992 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3993 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3994 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3995 return ExprError();
3996 }
3997
3998 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3999 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
4000 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
4001
4002 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
4003 // braces instead of the original commas.
4004 Op.release();
Ted Kremenekac034612010-04-13 23:39:13 +00004005 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LParenLoc,
4006 &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004007 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
4008 E->setType(Ty);
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004009 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Owned(E));
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004010 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004011 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004012 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
4013 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004014 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004015 }
4016}
4017
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004018Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004019 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004020 MultiExprArg Val,
4021 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004022 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
4023 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004024 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
4025 Expr *expr;
4026 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
4027 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
4028 else
4029 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004030 return Owned(expr);
4031}
4032
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004033/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
4034/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00004035/// C99 6.5.15
4036QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4037 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004038 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
4039 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4040 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
4041
John McCall71d8d9b2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00004042 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004043
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004044 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
4045 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
4046 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
4047 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
4048 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4049 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004050
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004051 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004052 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
4053 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
4054 << CondTy;
4055 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004056 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004057
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004058 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004059 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
4060 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004061
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004062 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
4063 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004064 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
4065 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
4066 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004067 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004068
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004069 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
4070 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004071 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
4072 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004073 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004074 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004075 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004076 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004077 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004078 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004079
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004080 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004081 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004082 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
4083 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
4084 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4085 << RHS->getSourceRange();
4086 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
4087 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4088 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004089 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
4090 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00004091 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004092 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004093 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
4094 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004095 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004096 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004097 // promote the null to a pointer.
4098 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004099 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004100 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004101 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004102 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004103 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004104 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004105 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004106
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004107 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
4108 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
4109 QuestionLoc);
4110 if (!compositeType.isNull())
4111 return compositeType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004112
4113
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004114 // Handle block pointer types.
4115 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4116 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4117 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4118 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004119 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4120 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004121 return destType;
4122 }
4123 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004124 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004125 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004126 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004127 // We have 2 block pointer types.
4128 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4129 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004130 return LHSTy;
4131 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004132 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004133 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4134 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004135
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004136 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4137 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004138 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004139 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004140 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4141 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4142 // to get a consistent AST.
4143 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004144 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4145 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004146 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004147 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004148 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004149 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4150 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00004151 return LHSTy;
4152 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004153
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004154 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
4155 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
4156 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004157 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4158 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004159
4160 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
4161 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4162 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004163 QualType destPointee
4164 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004165 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004166 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4167 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4168 // Promote to void*.
4169 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004170 return destType;
4171 }
4172 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004173 QualType destPointee
4174 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004175 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004176 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004177 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004178 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004179 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004180 return destType;
4181 }
4182
4183 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4184 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4185 return LHSTy;
4186 }
4187 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4188 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4189 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4190 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4191 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4192 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4193 // to get a consistent AST.
4194 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004195 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4196 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004197 return incompatTy;
4198 }
4199 // The pointer types are compatible.
4200 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4201 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4202 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4203 // type.
4204 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4205 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004206 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4207 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004208 return LHSTy;
4209 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004210
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004211 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4212 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4213 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4214 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004215 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004216 return RHSTy;
4217 }
4218 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4219 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4220 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004221 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004222 return LHSTy;
4223 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004224
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004225 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004226 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4227 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004228 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004229}
4230
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004231/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4232/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4233QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4234 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4235 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4236 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004237
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004238 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4239 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4240 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4241 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4242 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4243 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4244 return LHSTy;
4245 }
4246 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4247 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4248 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4249 return RHSTy;
4250 }
4251 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4252 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4253 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4254 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4255 return LHSTy;
4256 }
4257 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4258 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4259 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4260 return RHSTy;
4261 }
4262 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4263 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4264 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4265 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4266 return LHSTy;
4267 }
4268 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4269 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4270 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4271 return RHSTy;
4272 }
4273 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4274 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004275
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004276 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4277 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4278 return LHSTy;
4279 }
4280 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4281 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4282 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004283
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004284 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4285 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4286 // type. This allows
4287 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4288 // where B is a subclass of A.
4289 //
4290 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4291 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4292 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4293 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004294
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004295 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4296 // It could return the composite type.
4297 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4298 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4299 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4300 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4301 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4302 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4303 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4304 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4305 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4306 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4307 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4308 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4309 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4310 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004311 } else if (!(compositeType =
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004312 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4313 ;
4314 else {
4315 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4316 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4317 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4318 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4319 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4320 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4321 return incompatTy;
4322 }
4323 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4324 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4325 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4326 return compositeType;
4327 }
4328 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4329 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4330 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4331 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4332 QualType destPointee
4333 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4334 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4335 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4336 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4337 // Promote to void*.
4338 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4339 return destType;
4340 }
4341 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4342 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4343 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4344 QualType destPointee
4345 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4346 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4347 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4348 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4349 // Promote to void*.
4350 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4351 return destType;
4352 }
4353 return QualType();
4354}
4355
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004356/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004357/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004358Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4359 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4360 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4361 ExprArg RHS) {
4362 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4363 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004364
4365 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4366 // was the condition.
4367 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4368 if (isLHSNull)
4369 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004370
4371 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004372 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004373 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004374 return ExprError();
4375
4376 Cond.release();
4377 LHS.release();
4378 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004379 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004380 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004381 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004382}
4383
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004384// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004385// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004386// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4387// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4388// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004389Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004390Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004391 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004392
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004393 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4394 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4395 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4396 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4397 return Compatible;
4398 }
4399
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004400 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004401 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4402 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004403
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004404 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004405 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4406 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004407
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004408 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004409
4410 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4411 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4412 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004413 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004414 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004415 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004416
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004417 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4418 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004419 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004420 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004421 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004422 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004423
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004424 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004425 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4426 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004427 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004428
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004429 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004430 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004431 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004432
4433 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004434 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4435 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004436 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004437 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004438 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004439 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4440 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4441 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4442 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4443 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4444 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004445 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004446 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004447 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004448 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004449
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004450 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004451 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004452 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004453 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004454
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004455 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4456 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4457 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4458 // warning can be disabled.
4459 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4460 return ConvTy;
4461 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4462 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004463
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004464 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4465 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4466 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4467 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4468 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4469 do {
4470 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4471 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004472
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004473 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4474 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4475 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004476
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004477 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004478 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004479 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004480
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004481 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004482 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004483 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004484 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004485}
4486
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004487/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4488/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4489/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4490// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004491Sema::AssignConvertType
4492Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004493 QualType rhsType) {
4494 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004495
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004496 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004497 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4498 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004499
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004500 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4501 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4502 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004503
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004504 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004505
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004506 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004507 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004508 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004509
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004510 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4511 if (!Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4512 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
4513 }
4514 else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004515 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004516 return ConvTy;
4517}
4518
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004519/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4520/// for assignment compatibility.
4521Sema::AssignConvertType
4522Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004523 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4524 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian9b37b1d2010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004525 if (lhsType->isObjCClassType() && !rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4526 !rhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004527 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004528 return Compatible;
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004529 }
4530 if (rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4531 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian9b37b1d2010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004532 if (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && !lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4533 !lhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004534 return IncompatiblePointer;
4535 return Compatible;
4536 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004537 QualType lhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004538 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004539 QualType rhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004540 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4541 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4542 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4543 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4544 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4545 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004546
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004547 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4548 return Compatible;
4549 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4550 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004551 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004552}
4553
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004554/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4555/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004556/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4557///
4558/// int a, *pint;
4559/// short *pshort;
4560/// struct foo *pfoo;
4561///
4562/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4563/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4564/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4565/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4566///
4567/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004568/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004569///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004570Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004571Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004572 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4573 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004574 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4575 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004576
4577 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004578 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004579
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004580 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4581 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4582 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4583 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4584 return Compatible;
4585 }
4586
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004587 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4588 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4589 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4590 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4591 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4592 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4593 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004594 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004595 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004596 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004597 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004598 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004599 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4600 // to the same ExtVector type.
4601 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4602 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4603 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4604 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4605 return Compatible;
4606 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004607
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004608 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004609 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004610 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004611 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004612 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4613 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004614 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004615 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004616 }
4617 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004618 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004619
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004620 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004621 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004622
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004623 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004624 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004625 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004626
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004627 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004628 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004629
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004630 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004631 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004632 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4633 return Compatible;
4634 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004635 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004636 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4637 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004638 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004639
4640 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004641 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004642 return Compatible;
4643 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004644 return Incompatible;
4645 }
4646
4647 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4648 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004649 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004650
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004651 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004652 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004653 return Compatible;
4654
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004655 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4656 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004657
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004658 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004659 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004660 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004661 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004662 return Incompatible;
4663 }
4664
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004665 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4666 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4667 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004668
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004669 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004670 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004671 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4672 return Compatible;
4673 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004674 }
4675 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004676 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004677 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004678 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004679 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4680 return Compatible;
4681 }
4682 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4683 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4684 return Compatible;
4685 return Incompatible;
4686 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004687 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004688 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004689 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4690 return Compatible;
4691
4692 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004693 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004694
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004695 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004696 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004697
4698 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004699 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004700 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004701 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004702 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004703 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4704 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4705 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4706 return Compatible;
4707
4708 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4709 return PointerToInt;
4710
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004711 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004712 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004713 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4714 return Compatible;
4715 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004716 }
4717 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004718 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004719 return Compatible;
4720 return Incompatible;
4721 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004722
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004723 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004724 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004725 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00004726 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004727 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00004728}
4729
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004730/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4731/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004732static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004733 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4734 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4735 // of the transparent union.
Ted Kremenekac034612010-04-13 23:39:13 +00004736 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(),
Ted Kremenek013041e2010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004737 &E, 1,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004738 SourceLocation());
4739 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4740 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4741
4742 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4743 // union type from this initializer list.
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004744 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
John McCall5d7aa7f2010-01-19 22:33:45 +00004745 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004746 Initializer, false);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004747}
4748
4749Sema::AssignConvertType
4750Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4751 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4752
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004753 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004754 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4755 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004756 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004757 return Incompatible;
4758
4759 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4760 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4761 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4762 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004763 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4764 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004765 it != itend; ++it) {
4766 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4767 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4768 // 1) void pointer
4769 // 2) null pointer constant
4770 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004771 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004772 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004773 InitField = *it;
4774 break;
4775 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004776
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004777 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004778 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004779 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004780 InitField = *it;
4781 break;
4782 }
4783 }
4784
4785 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4786 == Compatible) {
4787 InitField = *it;
4788 break;
4789 }
4790 }
4791
4792 if (!InitField)
4793 return Incompatible;
4794
4795 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4796 return Compatible;
4797}
4798
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004799Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004800Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004801 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4802 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4803 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4804 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4805 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004806 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004807 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004808 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004809 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004810 }
4811
4812 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4813 // structures.
4814 }
4815
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004816 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4817 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004818 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4819 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004820 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004821 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004822 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004823 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004824 return Compatible;
4825 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004826
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004827 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004828 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004829 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004830 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004831 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004832 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004833 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00004834 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004835
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004836 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4837 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004838
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004839 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4840 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004841 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4842 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4843 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4844 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004845 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004846 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4847 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004848 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004849}
4850
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004851QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004852 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004853 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004854 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004855 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004856}
4857
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004858QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004859 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004860 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004861 QualType lhsType =
4862 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4863 QualType rhsType =
4864 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004865
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004866 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004867 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004868 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004869
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004870 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4871 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004872 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4873 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004874 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4875 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004876 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004877 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004878 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004879 }
4880 }
4881 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004882
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004883 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4884 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4885 bool swapped = false;
4886 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4887 swapped = true;
4888 std::swap(rex, lex);
4889 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4890 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004891
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004892 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004893 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004894 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4895 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4896 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004897 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004898 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4899 return lhsType;
4900 }
4901 }
4902 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4903 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4904 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004905 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004906 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4907 return lhsType;
4908 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004909 }
4910 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004911
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004912 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004913 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004914 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004915 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004916 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004917}
4918
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004919QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
4920 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign, bool isDiv) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004921 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004922 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004923
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004924 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004925
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004926 if (!lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() ||
4927 !rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4928 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004929
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004930 // Check for division by zero.
4931 if (isDiv &&
4932 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004933 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
Chris Lattner70117952010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004934 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004935
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004936 return compType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004937}
4938
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004939QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004940 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004941 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4942 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4943 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4944 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4945 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004946
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004947 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004948
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004949 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4950 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004951
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004952 // Check for remainder by zero.
4953 if (rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Chris Lattner70117952010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004954 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
4955 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004956
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004957 return compType;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004958}
4959
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004960QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004961 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004962 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4963 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4964 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4965 return compType;
4966 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004967
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004968 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004969
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004970 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004971 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4972 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4973 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004974 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004975 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004976
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004977 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4978 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004979 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004980 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4981
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004982 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004983
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004984 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004985 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004986
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004987 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4988 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004989 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4990 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004991 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004992 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004993 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004994
4995 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4996 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4997 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004998 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004999 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5000 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5001 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
5002 return QualType();
5003 }
5004
5005 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5006 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
5007 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005008 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005009 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005010 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005011 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005012 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
5013 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005014 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
5015 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005016 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005017 return QualType();
5018 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005019 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5020 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5021 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5022 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
5023 return QualType();
5024 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005025
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005026 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005027 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5028 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5029 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5030 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5031 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005032 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005033 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
5034 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005035 return PExp->getType();
5036 }
5037 }
5038
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005039 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005040}
5041
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005042// C99 6.5.6
5043QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005044 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
5045 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5046 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5047 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5048 return compType;
5049 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005050
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005051 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005052
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005053 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005054
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005055 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005056 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
5057 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005058 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005059 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005060 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005061
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005062 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005063 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00005064 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005065
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005066 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005067
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005068 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
5069 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
5070 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
5071 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5072 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5073 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5074 return QualType();
5075 }
5076
5077 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5078 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5079 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5080 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5081 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005082 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005083 return QualType();
5084 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005085
5086 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5087 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
5088 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005089 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005090 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005091 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005092 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005093 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005094
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005095 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5096 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5097 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5098 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
5099 return QualType();
5100 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005101
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005102 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005103 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
5104 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5105 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5106 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5107 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5108 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005109 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005110 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
5111
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005112 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005113 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005114 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005115
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005116 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005117 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00005118 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005119
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005120 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
5121 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
5122 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
5123 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5124 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5125 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5126 return QualType();
5127 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005128
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005129 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5130 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5131 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5132 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005133 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005134 return QualType();
5135 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005136
5137 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5138 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
5139 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
5140 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
5141 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005142 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
5143 << rex->getSourceRange()
5144 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005145 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005146
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00005147 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5148 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
5149 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
5150 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5151 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5152 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5153 return QualType();
5154 }
5155 } else {
5156 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
5157 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
5158 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
5159 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
5160 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5161 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5162 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5163 return QualType();
5164 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005165 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005166
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005167 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5168 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5169 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5170 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5171 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005172 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005173 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005174
5175 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005176 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
5177 }
5178 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005179
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005180 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005181}
5182
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005183// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005184QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005185 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005186 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
5187 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005188 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005189
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00005190 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
5191 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
5192 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5193
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005194 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
5195 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005196 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5197 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5198 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5199 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5200 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005201 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00005202 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005203 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005204
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005205 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005206
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005207 // Sanity-check shift operands
5208 llvm::APSInt Right;
5209 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00005210 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
5211 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00005212 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005213 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5214 else {
5215 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5216 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5217 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5218 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5219 }
5220 }
5221
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005222 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005223 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005224}
5225
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005226// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005227QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005228 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5229 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5230
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005231 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005232 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005233 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005234
John McCall71d8d9b2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00005235 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, &Opc);
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005236
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005237 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005238 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5239 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5240 else {
5241 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5242 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5243 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005244 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5245 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005246
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005247 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5248 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005249 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5250 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5251 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005252 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005253 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005254 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5255 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5256 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5257 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005258 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5259 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Douglas Gregor49862b82010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005260 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005261
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005262 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5263 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5264 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5265 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005266
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005267 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5268 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005269 Expr *literalString = 0;
5270 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005271 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005272 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005273 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005274 literalString = lex;
5275 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005276 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5277 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005278 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005279 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005280 literalString = rex;
5281 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5282 }
5283
5284 if (literalString) {
5285 std::string resultComparison;
5286 switch (Opc) {
5287 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5288 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5289 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5290 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5291 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5292 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5293 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5294 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005295
Douglas Gregor49862b82010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005296 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc,
5297 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
5298 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
Ted Kremenek800b66b2010-04-09 20:26:53 +00005299 << literalString->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005300 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005301 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005302
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005303 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005304 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005305
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005306 if (isRelational) {
5307 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005308 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005309 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005310 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005311 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005312 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005313
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005314 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005315 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005316 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005317
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005318 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005319 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005320 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005321 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005322
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005323 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5324 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5325 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005326 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005327 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005328 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005329 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005330 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005331
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005332 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005333 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5334 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanianffc420c2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005335 if (!isRelational &&
5336 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5337 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5338 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
5339 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5340 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5341 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5342 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5343 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5344 return ResultTy;
5345 }
5346 }
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005347 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5348 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5349 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5350 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5351 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5352 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005353 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005354 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005355 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00005356 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, lex, rex,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005357 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005358 if (T.isNull()) {
5359 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5360 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5361 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005362 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005363 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005364 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005365 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005366 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005367 }
5368
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005369 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5370 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005371 return ResultTy;
5372 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005373 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5374 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5375 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5376 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5377 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5378 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5379 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5380 }
5381 } else if (!isRelational &&
5382 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5383 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5384 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5385 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5386 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5387 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5388 }
5389 } else {
5390 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005391 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005392 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00005393 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005394 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005395 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005396 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005397 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005398
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005399 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005400 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005401 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005402 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005403 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5404 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005405 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005406 return ResultTy;
5407 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005408 if (LHSIsNull &&
5409 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5410 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005411 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005412 return ResultTy;
5413 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005414
5415 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005416 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005417 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5418 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005419 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5420 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5421 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5422 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5423 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5424 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5425 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5426 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005427 // types.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005428 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00005429 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, lex, rex,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005430 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005431 if (T.isNull()) {
5432 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005433 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005434 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005435 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005436 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005437 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005438 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005439 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005440 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005441
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005442 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5443 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005444 return ResultTy;
5445 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005446
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005447 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005448 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5449 return ResultTy;
5450 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005451
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005452 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005453 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005454 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5455 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005456
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005457 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005458 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005459 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005460 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005461 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005462 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005463 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005464 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005465 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005466 if (!isRelational
5467 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5468 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005469 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005470 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005471 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005472 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005473 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5474 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5475 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005476 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005477 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005478 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005479 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005480
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005481 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005482 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005483 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5484 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005485 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005486 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005487 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005488 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005489
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005490 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5491 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005492 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005493 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005494 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005495 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005496 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005497 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005498 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005499 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005500 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5501 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005502 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005503 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005504 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005505 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005506 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005507 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5508 if (RHSIsNull) {
5509 if (isRelational)
5510 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5511 } else if (isRelational)
5512 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5513 else
5514 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005515
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005516 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005517 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005518 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005519 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005520 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005521 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005522 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005523 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005524 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5525 if (LHSIsNull) {
5526 if (isRelational)
5527 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5528 } else if (isRelational)
5529 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5530 else
5531 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005532
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005533 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005534 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005535 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005536 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005537 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005538 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005539 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005540 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005541 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5542 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005543 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005544 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005545 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005546 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5547 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005548 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005549 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005550 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005551 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005552}
5553
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005554/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005555/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005556/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5557/// types.
5558QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005559 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005560 bool isRelational) {
5561 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5562 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005563 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005564 if (vType.isNull())
5565 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005566
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005567 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5568 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005569
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005570 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5571 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5572 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5573 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5574 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5575 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5576 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Douglas Gregor49862b82010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005577 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005578 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005579
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005580 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5581 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5582 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005583 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005584 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005585
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005586 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5587 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5588 // elements for floating point vectors.
5589 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5590 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005591
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005592 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005593 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005594 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005595 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005596 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005597 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5598
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005599 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005600 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005601 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5602}
5603
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005604inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005605 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005606 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005607 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005608
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005609 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005610
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005611 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005612 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005613 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005614}
5615
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005616inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005617 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005618 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5619 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5620 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005621
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005622 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5623 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005624
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005625 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005626 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005627
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005628 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5629 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5630 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5631 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5632 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5633 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5634 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005635
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005636 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005637 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005638 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005639
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005640 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5641 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5642 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5643 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005644
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005645 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005646 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005647 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005648
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005649 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5650 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5651 // The result is a bool.
5652 return Context.BoolTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005653}
5654
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005655/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5656/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5657/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5658///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005659static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005660 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5661 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5662 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5663 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005664 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005665 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5666 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5667 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5668 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005669 }
5670 }
5671 return false;
5672}
5673
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005674/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5675/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5676static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005677 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005678 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005679 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005680 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5681 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005682 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5683 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005684
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005685 unsigned Diag = 0;
5686 bool NeedType = false;
5687 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005688 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005689 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005690 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5691 NeedType = true;
5692 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005693 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005694 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5695 NeedType = true;
5696 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005697 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005698 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5699 break;
Douglas Gregorb154fdc2010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005700 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
5701 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005702 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Douglas Gregorb154fdc2010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005703 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
5704 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005705 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5706 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005707 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5708 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005709 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00005710 S.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005711 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005712 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005713 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5714 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005715 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005716 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5717 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005718 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5719 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5720 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005721 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5722 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5723 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane8d28902009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005724 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5725 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5726 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005727 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005728
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005729 SourceRange Assign;
5730 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5731 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005732 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005733 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005734 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005735 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005736 return true;
5737}
5738
5739
5740
5741// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005742QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5743 SourceLocation Loc,
5744 QualType CompoundType) {
5745 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5746 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005747 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005748
5749 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5750 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005751
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005752 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005753 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005754 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005755 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005756 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5757 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5758 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005759 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005760 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005761 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005762 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005763
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005764 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5765 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5766 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005767 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005768 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5769 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5770 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5771 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5772 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005773 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005774 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005775 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5776 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5777 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005778 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5779 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005780 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5781 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5782 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005783 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005784 }
5785 } else {
5786 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005787 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005788 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005789
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005790 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005791 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005792 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005793
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005794 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5795 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005796 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005797 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5798 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005799 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005800 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005801 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005802}
5803
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005804// C99 6.5.17
5805QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005806 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00005807 // C++ does not perform this conversion (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
5808 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5809 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005810
5811 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5812 // incomplete in C++).
5813
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005814 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005815}
5816
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005817/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5818/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005819QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5820 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005821 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5822 return Context.DependentTy;
5823
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005824 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5825 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005826
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005827 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5828 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5829 if (!isInc) {
5830 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5831 return QualType();
5832 }
5833 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5834 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5835 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005836 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005837 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5838 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005839
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005840 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005841 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005842 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5843 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5844 << Op->getSourceRange();
5845 return QualType();
5846 }
5847
5848 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005849 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005850 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005851 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5852 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5853 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5854 return QualType();
5855 }
5856
5857 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005858 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005859 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005860 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005861 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005862 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005863 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005864 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5865 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5866 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5867 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5868 return QualType();
5869 }
Eli Friedman090addd2010-01-03 00:20:48 +00005870 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005871 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5872 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005873 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005874 } else {
5875 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00005876 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005877 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005878 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005879 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005880 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005881 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005882 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005883 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005884}
5885
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005886/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005887/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005888/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5889/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5890/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5891/// - &(x) => x
5892/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5893/// - &s.xx => s
5894/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5895/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5896/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5897/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005898static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005899 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005900 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005901 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005902 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005903 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5904 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5905 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005906 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005907 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005908 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005909 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005910 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005911 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5912 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005913 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5914 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5915 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5916 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5917 }
5918 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005919 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005920 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5921 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005922
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005923 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005924 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5925 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5926 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5927 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5928 default:
5929 return 0;
5930 }
5931 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005932 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005933 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005934 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005935 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5936 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005937 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005938 default:
5939 return 0;
5940 }
5941}
5942
5943/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005944/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005945/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005946/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005947/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005948/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005949/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005950QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005951 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5952 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5953
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005954 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5955 return Context.DependentTy;
5956
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005957 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5958 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5959 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5960 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5961 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5962 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5963 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5964 }
5965 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5966 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5967 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005968 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005969 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005970
Sebastian Redl9a8dd0d2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00005971 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op);
5972 if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction && ME &&
5973 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
5974 ValueDecl *dcl = cast<MemberExpr>(op)->getMemberDecl();
5975 // &f where f is a member of the current object, or &o.f, or &p->f
5976 // All these are not allowed, and we need to catch them before the dcl
5977 // branch of the if, below.
5978 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
5979 << dcl;
5980 // FIXME: Improve this diagnostic and provide a fixit.
5981
5982 // Now recover by acting as if the function had been accessed qualified.
5983 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5984 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(dcl->getDeclContext()))
5985 .getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregorb154fdc2010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005986 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary) {
5987 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext()? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary
5988 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary)
5989 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
5990 if (isSFINAEContext())
5991 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl9a8dd0d2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00005992 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005993 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005994 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005995 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005996 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005997 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5998 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005999 return QualType();
6000 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00006001 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006002 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
6003 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6004 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00006005 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson8abde4b2010-01-31 17:18:49 +00006006 } else if (op->refersToVectorElement()) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006007 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006008 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00006009 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006010 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00006011 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
6012 // cannot take address of a property expression.
6013 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6014 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
6015 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00006016 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
6017 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00006018 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
6019 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006020 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
6021 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006022 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006023 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006024 // with the register storage-class specifier.
6025 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006026 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006027 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6028 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006029 return QualType();
6030 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006031 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006032 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006033 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00006034 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006035 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
6036 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006037 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006038 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006039 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
6040 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006041 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006042 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
6043 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
6044 return QualType();
6045 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006046
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006047 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6048 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006049 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006050 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006051 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00006052 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006053 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006054 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
6055 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006056 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6057 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
6058 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00006059 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006060 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006061
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006062 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
6063 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
6064 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
6065 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
6066 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
6067 }
6068
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006069 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006070 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006071}
6072
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006073QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006074 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
6075 return Context.DependentTy;
6076
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006077 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
6078 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006079
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006080 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
6081 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
6082 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
6083 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006084 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00006085 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006086
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006087 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00006088 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006089
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006090 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006091 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006092 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00006093}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006094
6095static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
6096 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6097 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6098 switch (Kind) {
6099 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006100 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
6101 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006102 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
6103 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
6104 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
6105 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
6106 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
6107 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
6108 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
6109 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
6110 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
6111 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
6112 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
6113 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
6114 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
6115 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
6116 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
6117 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
6118 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
6119 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
6120 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
6121 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
6122 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
6123 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
6124 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
6125 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
6126 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
6127 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
6128 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
6129 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
6130 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
6131 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
6132 }
6133 return Opc;
6134}
6135
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006136static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
6137 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6138 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6139 switch (Kind) {
6140 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
6141 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
6142 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
6143 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
6144 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
6145 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
6146 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
6147 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
6148 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006149 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
6150 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00006151 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006152 }
6153 return Opc;
6154}
6155
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006156/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
6157/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
6158/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006159Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6160 unsigned Op,
6161 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006162 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006163 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006164 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
6165 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
6166 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006167
6168 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006169 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
6170 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
6171 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006172 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
6173 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6174 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6175 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6176 break;
6177 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006178 case BinaryOperator::Div:
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006179 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false,
6180 Opc == BinaryOperator::Div);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006181 break;
6182 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6183 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6184 break;
6185 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6186 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6187 break;
6188 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6189 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6190 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006191 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006192 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6193 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6194 break;
6195 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6196 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6197 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6198 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006199 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006200 break;
6201 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6202 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006203 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006204 break;
6205 case BinaryOperator::And:
6206 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6207 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6208 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6209 break;
6210 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6211 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
6212 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6213 break;
6214 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6215 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006216 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true,
6217 Opc == BinaryOperator::DivAssign);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006218 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6219 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6220 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006221 break;
6222 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006223 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6224 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6225 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6226 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006227 break;
6228 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006229 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6230 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6231 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006232 break;
6233 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006234 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6235 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6236 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006237 break;
6238 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6239 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006240 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6241 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6242 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6243 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006244 break;
6245 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6246 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6247 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006248 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6249 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6250 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6251 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006252 break;
6253 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6254 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6255 break;
6256 }
6257 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006258 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006259 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006260 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6261 else
6262 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006263 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6264 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006265}
6266
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006267/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6268/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006269static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6270 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006271 const PartialDiagnostic &FirstNote,
6272 SourceRange FirstParenRange,
6273 const PartialDiagnostic &SecondNote,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006274 SourceRange SecondParenRange) {
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006275 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6276
6277 if (!FirstNote.getDiagID())
6278 return;
6279
6280 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FirstParenRange.getEnd());
6281 if (!FirstParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6282 // We can't display the parentheses, so just return.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006283 return;
6284 }
6285
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006286 Self.Diag(Loc, FirstNote)
6287 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006288 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006289
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006290 if (!SecondNote.getDiagID())
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006291 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006292
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006293 EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondParenRange.getEnd());
6294 if (!SecondParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6295 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6296 // warning/error and return.
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006297 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondNote);
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006298 return;
6299 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006300
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006301 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondNote)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006302 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6303 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006304}
6305
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006306/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6307/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6308/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6309/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006310static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6311 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006312 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6313 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6314 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6315 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006316 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006317 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006318 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6319
6320 // Subs are not binary operators.
6321 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6322 return;
6323
6324 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6325 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006326 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6327 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006328 return;
6329
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006330 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006331 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006332 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006333 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6334 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006335 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006336 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006337 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()),
6338 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_silence)
6339 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
6340 lhs->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006341 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006342 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006343 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006344 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6345 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006346 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006347 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006348 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()),
6349 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_silence)
6350 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
6351 rhs->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006352}
6353
6354/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6355/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6356/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6357static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6358 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006359 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006360 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6361}
6362
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006363// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006364Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6365 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6366 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006367 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006368 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006369
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006370 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6371 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006372
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006373 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6374 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6375
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006376 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6377}
6378
6379Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6380 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6381 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006382 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006383 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006384 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6385 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6386 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6387 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6388 // the arguments.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006389 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006390 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006391 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6392 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6393 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006394
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006395 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6396 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006397 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006398 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006399
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006400 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006401 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006402}
6403
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006404Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006405 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006406 ExprArg InputArg) {
6407 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006408
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006409 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006410 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006411 QualType resultType;
6412 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006413 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6414 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6415 break;
6416
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006417 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6418 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006419 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6420 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006421 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006422 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6423 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006424 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006425 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006426 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006427 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006428 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006429 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006430 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006431 break;
6432 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6433 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006434 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6435 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006436 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6437 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006438 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6439 break;
6440 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6441 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6442 break;
6443 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6444 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6445 resultType->isPointerType())
6446 break;
6447
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006448 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6449 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006450 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006451 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6452 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006453 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6454 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006455 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6456 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6457 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006458 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006459 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006460 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006461 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6462 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006463 break;
6464 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00006465 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006466 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006467 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006468 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6469 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006470 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006471 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6472 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00006473 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006474 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6475 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006476 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006477 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006478 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006479 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006480 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006481 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006482 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00006483 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006484 }
6485 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006486 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006487
6488 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006489 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006490}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006491
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006492Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6493 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6494 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006495 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006496 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6497 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006498 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6499 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6500 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6501 // the arguments.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006502 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006503 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006504 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6505 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6506 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006507
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006508 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6509 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006510
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006511 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6512}
6513
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006514// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6515Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6516 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6517 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6518}
6519
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006520/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006521Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6522 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6523 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006524 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006525 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006526
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006527 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6528 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006529 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006530 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006531
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006532 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006533 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6534 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006535}
6536
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006537Sema::OwningExprResult
6538Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6539 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6540 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006541 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6542 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6543
Douglas Gregor6cf3f3c2010-03-10 04:54:39 +00006544 bool isFileScope
6545 = (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0);
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006546 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006547 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006548
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006549 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6550 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6551 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006552
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006553 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6554 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6555 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006556
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006557 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6558 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6559 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6560 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6561 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006562
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006563 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006564 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006565 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006566
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006567 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6568 // expressions are not lvalues.
6569
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006570 substmt.release();
6571 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006572}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006573
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006574Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6575 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6576 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6577 TypeTy *argty,
6578 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6579 unsigned NumComponents,
6580 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6581 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6582 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006583 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6584 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006585 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006586
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006587 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6588
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006589 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6590 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6591 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006592 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006593 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006594
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006595 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6596 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006597
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006598 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6599 // the offsetof designators.
6600 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6601 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006602 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006603 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006604
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006605 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6606 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006607 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6608 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006609 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006610 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6611 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006612
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006613 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006614 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006615
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006616 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6617 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6618 return ExprError();
6619
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006620 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6621 // leaks like a sieve.
6622 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6623 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6624 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6625 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6626 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6627 if (!AT) {
6628 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006629 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6630 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006631 }
6632
6633 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6634
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006635 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6636 // expression.
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006637 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Res);
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006638
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006639 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6640 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006641 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006642 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006643 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006644 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006645 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006646
6647 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6648 OC.LocEnd);
6649 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006650 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006651
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006652 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006653 if (!RC) {
6654 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006655 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6656 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006657 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006658
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006659 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6660 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006661 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00006662 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6663 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6664 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6665 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6666 << Res->getType()))
6667 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006668 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006669
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006670 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6671 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006672
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006673 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006674 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006675 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006676 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6677 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006678
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006679 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6680 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006681 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006682 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006683 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006684 } else {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006685 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, /*Qualifier=*/0,
6686 *R.begin(), MemberDecl);
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006687 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6688 // doesn't matter here.
6689 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6690 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6691 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006692 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006693 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006694
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006695 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6696 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006697}
6698
6699
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006700Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6701 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6702 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006703 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6704 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6705 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006706
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006707 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006708
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006709 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6710 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6711 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6712 return ExprError();
6713 }
6714
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006715 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6716 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006717}
6718
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006719Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6720 ExprArg cond,
6721 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6722 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6723 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6724 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6725 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006726
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006727 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6728
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006729 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006730 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006731 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006732 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006733 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006734 } else {
6735 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6736 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6737 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6738 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006739 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6740 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6741 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006742
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006743 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6744 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006745 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6746 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006747 }
6748
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006749 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6750 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006751 resType, RPLoc,
6752 resType->isDependentType(),
6753 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006754}
6755
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006756//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6757// Clang Extensions.
6758//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6759
6760/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006761void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006762 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
6763 PushBlockScope(BlockScope, Block);
6764 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
6765 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, Block);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006766}
6767
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006768void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006769 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006770 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006771
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006772 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6773 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006774 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006775 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6776
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006777 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6778 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6779 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6780 return;
6781 }
6782
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006783 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6784 if (!T->isFunctionType())
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00006785 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6786 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006787
6788 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6789 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006790 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006791 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006792 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006793 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006794 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6795 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006796 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006797
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006798 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6799 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6800 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6801 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6802 return;
6803 }
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006804
6805 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006806 return;
6807 }
6808
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006809 // Analyze arguments to block.
6810 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6811 "Not a function declarator!");
6812 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006813
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006814 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6815 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006816
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006817 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6818 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6819 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6820 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006821 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6822 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006823 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006824 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006825 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
Fariborz Jahanian5ec502e2010-02-12 21:53:14 +00006826 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6827 ParmVarDecl *Param = FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>();
6828 if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
6829 !Param->isImplicit() &&
6830 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
6831 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
6832 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
6833 CurBlock->Params.push_back(Param);
6834 }
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006835 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006836 }
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00006837 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006838 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006839 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006840 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
John McCalldf8b37c2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006841
6842 bool ShouldCheckShadow =
6843 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored;
6844
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006845 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
John McCallf7b2fb52010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006846 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) {
6847 (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
6848
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006849 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
John McCalldf8b37c2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006850 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) {
6851 if (ShouldCheckShadow)
6852 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, *AI);
6853
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006854 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
John McCalldf8b37c2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006855 }
John McCallf7b2fb52010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006856 }
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006857
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006858 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006859 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006860 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006861 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006862 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006863 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6864 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006865
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006866 // Analyze the return type.
6867 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006868 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006869
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006870 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6871 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6872 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6873 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6874 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006875 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006876}
6877
6878/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6879/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6880void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006881 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006882 PopDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006883 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006884 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006885}
6886
6887/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6888/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006889Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6890 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006891 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6892 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6893 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006894
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006895 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006896
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006897 PopDeclContext();
6898
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006899 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006900 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6901 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006902
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006903 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6904 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6905 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006906
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006907 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006908 QualType BlockTy;
6909 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006910 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00006911 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006912 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006913 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006914 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00006915 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006916
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006917 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006918 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006919 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006920
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006921 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006922 if (FunctionNeedsScopeChecking() && !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction())
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006923 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006924
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006925 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump314825b2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006926
6927 bool Good = true;
6928 // Check goto/label use.
6929 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator
6930 I = BSI->LabelMap.begin(), E = BSI->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6931 LabelStmt *L = I->second;
6932
6933 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
6934 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.
6935 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0)
6936 continue;
6937
6938 // Emit error.
6939 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName();
6940 Good = false;
6941 }
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006942 if (!Good) {
6943 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Mike Stump314825b2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006944 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006945 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006946
Ted Kremenek918fe842010-03-20 21:06:02 +00006947 // Issue any analysis-based warnings.
Ted Kremenek0b405322010-03-23 00:13:23 +00006948 const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy &WP =
6949 AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
6950 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
Ted Kremenek918fe842010-03-20 21:06:02 +00006951
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006952 Expr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6953 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006954 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006955 return Owned(Result);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006956}
6957
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006958Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6959 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6960 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006961 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006962 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6963 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006964
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006965 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006966
6967 // Get the va_list type
6968 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006969 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6970 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6971 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6972 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006973 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006974 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6975 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6976 } else {
6977 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6978 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006979 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006980 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006981 return ExprError();
6982 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006983
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006984 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6985 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006986 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6987 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006988 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006989 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006990
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006991 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006992 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006993
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006994 expr.release();
6995 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6996 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006997}
6998
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006999Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007000 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
7001 // pointers on the target.
7002 QualType Ty;
7003 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
7004 Ty = Context.IntTy;
7005 else
7006 Ty = Context.LongTy;
7007
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007008 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007009}
7010
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007011static void MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(Sema& SemaRef, QualType DstType,
7012 Expr *SrcExpr, FixItHint &Hint) {
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007013 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
7014 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007015
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007016 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7017 if (!PT)
7018 return;
7019
7020 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
7021 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
7022 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
7023 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
7024 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
7025 return;
7026 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007027
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007028 // Strip off any parens and casts.
7029 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
7030 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
7031 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007032
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007033 Hint = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007034}
7035
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007036bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7037 SourceLocation Loc,
7038 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00007039 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action) {
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007040 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
7041 bool isInvalid = false;
7042 unsigned DiagKind;
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007043 FixItHint Hint;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007044
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007045 switch (ConvTy) {
7046 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
7047 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007048 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007049 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
7050 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007051 case IntToPointer:
7052 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
7053 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007054 case IncompatiblePointer:
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007055 MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007056 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
7057 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00007058 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
7059 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
7060 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007061 case FunctionVoidPointer:
7062 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
7063 break;
7064 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00007065 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
7066 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
7067 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
7068 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
7069 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
7070 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
7071 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
7072 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
7073 // C++ semantics.
7074 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7075 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
7076 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007077 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
7078 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00007079 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00007080 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00007081 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007082 case IntToBlockPointer:
7083 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
7084 break;
7085 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00007086 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007087 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007088 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007089 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007090 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
7091 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
7092 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00007093 case IncompatibleVectors:
7094 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
7095 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007096 case Incompatible:
7097 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
7098 isInvalid = true;
7099 break;
7100 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007101
Douglas Gregorc68e1402010-04-09 00:35:39 +00007102 QualType FirstType, SecondType;
7103 switch (Action) {
7104 case AA_Assigning:
7105 case AA_Initializing:
7106 // The destination type comes first.
7107 FirstType = DstType;
7108 SecondType = SrcType;
7109 break;
7110
7111 case AA_Returning:
7112 case AA_Passing:
7113 case AA_Converting:
7114 case AA_Sending:
7115 case AA_Casting:
7116 // The source type comes first.
7117 FirstType = SrcType;
7118 SecondType = DstType;
7119 break;
7120 }
7121
7122 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << FirstType << SecondType << Action
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007123 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007124 return isInvalid;
7125}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007126
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00007127bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007128 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
7129 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
7130 if (Result)
7131 *Result = ICEResult;
7132 return false;
7133 }
7134
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007135 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
7136
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007137 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007138 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
7139 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
7140
7141 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
7142 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
7143 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
7144 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
7145 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
7146 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
7147 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007148
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007149 return true;
7150 }
7151
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007152 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
7153 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007154
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007155 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
7156 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
7157 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007158
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007159 if (Result)
7160 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
7161 return false;
7162}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007163
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007164void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007165Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007166 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
7167 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007168}
7169
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007170void
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007171Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7172 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
7173 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
7174 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007175
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007176 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
7177 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
7178 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
7179 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
7180 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007181 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007182 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
7183 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
7184 I != IEnd; ++I)
7185 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
7186 }
7187
7188 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
7189 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
7190 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
7191 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
7192 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
7193 I != IEnd; ++I)
7194 Diag(I->first, I->second);
7195 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007196 }
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007197
7198 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
7199 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
7200 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
7201 // will never be constructed.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007202 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007203 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
7204 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
7205 ExprTemporaries.end());
7206
7207 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
7208 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007209}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007210
7211/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
7212///
7213/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
7214/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
7215/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
7216/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
7217///
7218/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
7219///
7220/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
7221void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
7222 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007223
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007224 if (D->isUsed())
7225 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007226
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007227 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
7228 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
7229 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
7230 // -Wunused-parameters)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007231 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
Douglas Gregorfd27fed2010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007232 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007233 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregorfd27fed2010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007234 return;
7235 }
7236
7237 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
7238 return;
7239
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007240 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
7241 // an instantiation.
7242 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
7243 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007244
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007245 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007246 case Unevaluated:
7247 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7248 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007249
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007250 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7251 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7252 // "used"; handle this below.
7253 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007254
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007255 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7256 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7257 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7258 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007259 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007260 return;
7261 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007262
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007263 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007264 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007265 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007266 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
7267 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7268 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007269 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor507eb872009-12-22 00:34:07 +00007270 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007271 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7272 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7273 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007274
Anders Carlsson82fccd02009-12-07 08:24:59 +00007275 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007276 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
7277 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
7278 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007279
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007280 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7281 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7282 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7283 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7284 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7285 }
7286 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007287 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007288 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007289 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007290 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007291 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7292 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7293 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7294 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7295 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007296 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007297 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007298 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007299 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007300 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7301 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7302 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007303 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007304 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007305 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7306 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007307
Douglas Gregor7f792cf2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007308 if (!AlreadyInstantiated) {
7309 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext()) &&
7310 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass())
7311 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
7312 Loc));
7313 else
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007314 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
Douglas Gregor7f792cf2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007315 Loc));
7316 }
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007317 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007318
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007319 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007320 Function->setUsed(true);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007321
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007322 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007323 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007324
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007325 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007326 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007327 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007328 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7329 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7330 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7331 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7332 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7333 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7334 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7335 }
7336 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007337
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007338 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007339
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007340 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007341 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007342 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007343}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007344
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007345/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7346/// of the program being compiled.
7347///
7348/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007349/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007350/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7351/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7352/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7353/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007354/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007355/// later.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007356///
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007357/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7358/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7359/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7360/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007361bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007362 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7363 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7364 case Unevaluated:
7365 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7366 break;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007367
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007368 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7369 Diag(Loc, PD);
7370 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007371
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007372 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7373 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7374 break;
7375 }
7376
7377 return false;
7378}
7379
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007380bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7381 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7382 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7383 return false;
7384
7385 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7386 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7387 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7388 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007389
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007390 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007391 FD ?
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007392 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7393 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007394 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007395 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7396 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7397 return true;
7398
7399 return false;
7400}
7401
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007402// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7403// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7404void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7405 SourceLocation Loc;
7406
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007407 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7408
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007409 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7410 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7411 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7412 return;
7413
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007414 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7415 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7416 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7417 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7418
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007419 // self = [<foo> init...]
7420 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7421 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7422 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7423
7424 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7425 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7426 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7427 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7428 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007429
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007430 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7431 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7432 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7433 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7434 return;
7435
7436 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7437 } else {
7438 // Not an assignment.
7439 return;
7440 }
7441
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007442 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007443 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007444
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00007445 Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00007446 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007447 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00007448 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence)
7449 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7450 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007451}
7452
7453bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7454 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7455
7456 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00007457 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007458
7459 QualType T = E->getType();
7460
7461 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7462 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7463 return true;
7464 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7465 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7466 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7467 return true;
7468 }
7469 }
7470
7471 return false;
7472}